IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of...

95
IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE EIGHTH GRADE STUDENTS OF SMP MUHAMMADIYAH KARANGASEM THROUGH QUESTIONING TECHNIQUE IN ACADEMIC YEAR 2012/2013 BY SARIMAN NPM: 07.8.03.51.31.2.5.3504 ENGLISH DEPARTMENT FACULTY OF TEACHER TRAINING AND EDUCATION MAHASARASWATI UNIVERSITY DENPASAR 2013

Transcript of IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of...

Page 1: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE EIGHTH

GRADE STUDENTS OF SMP MUHAMMADIYAH KARANGASEM

THROUGH QUESTIONING TECHNIQUE

IN ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

BY

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT

FACULTY OF TEACHER TRAINING AND EDUCATION

MAHASARASWATI UNIVERSITY

DENPASAR

2013

i

IMPROVING READING COMPREHENSION OF THE EIGHTH GRADE

STUDENTS OF SMP MUHAMADIYAH KARANGASEM IN ACADEMIC

YEAR 20122013

THESIS

As partial fulfillment of the requirements for the

Sarjana Pendidikan Degree in English Department

Faculty of Teacher Training and Education

Mahasaraswati Denpasar University

BY

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT

FACULTY OF TEACHER TRAINING AND EDUCATION

MAHASARASWATI UNIVERSITY

DENPASAR

2013

ii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Firstly the researcher would like to express her gratitude to the Almighty

God ALLAH SWT for His blessing so that this thesis finally is accomplished on

time

Secondly she would like to say thank you for both advisors DrsI nengah

Astawa MHum and I Ketut Wardana SPd Mhum for their helping as guidance

corrector and motivator

Thirdly her deep thank and appreciation goes to Prof Dr I Wayan Maba

the dean faculty of training and education of Maharaswati University Denpasar

and all lectures and staff of the faculty of Teacher Training and Education for

their valuable knowledge and help

Fourthly she also expresses her thankfullness to I Wayan Merta SPd

MPd the headmaster of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura and I Wayan Wage SPd

the English teacher of class for the permission to do the research with the tenth

grade students who were the subjects of this research And then the great thank to

students of class eighth of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura for their cooperation

during the research was conducted

Finally she would say thank you for her family her friends for their spirit

motivation and their support Without them she couldnlsquot accomplish a thesis

Denpasar 10 February 2013

The researcher

sariman

ABSTRACT

Sariman 2013 Teaching Reading Comprehension through questioning

technique to the Tenth Grade Students of SMP muhammadiyah

Karangasem The first advisor Drs I Nengah Astawa MHum the

second advisor I Ketut Wardana SPd M Hum

Keyword teaching reading comprehension questioning technique SMP

muhammadiyah karangasem

The present classroom action study dealt with teaching reading comprehension

through questioning technique to the eighth grade students of SMP

Muhammadiyah Karangasem in academic year 20122013 The purpose of this

research study was to solve the problem which faced by the students especially in

reading comprehension This study tried to answer the research question which

could be formulated as follow can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo

reading comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

Amlapura in academic year 20122013 The present study was concerned with

teaching reading comprehension by administering pre-test post-test and

questionnaire as the research instrument The data required for this study were

collected by administering initial reflection in reading comprehension reflection

by the end of each session and administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The IR score obtained by the subjectslsquo under study was 170 which was

considered low To solve this problem the studentslsquo reading comprehension

needed to be improved through think pair share The result data showed that the

score in every session went up (225 588 755 and 825) The grand mean score

of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was much higher than mean score of the initial refection

(IR) the mean score in cycle 1 and cycle 2 showed the improvement of the

studentslsquo reading comprehension through think pair share The result of the

questionnairelsquos score showed the comparative percentages of 5739 3698

561 and 0 for items A B C and D respectively The result data of questionnaire

indicated that most of students liked this technique in learning English especially

in reading comprehension In conclusion the previously hypothesis reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

could be improved through questioning technique was proved

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 2: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

i

IMPROVING READING COMPREHENSION OF THE EIGHTH GRADE

STUDENTS OF SMP MUHAMADIYAH KARANGASEM IN ACADEMIC

YEAR 20122013

THESIS

As partial fulfillment of the requirements for the

Sarjana Pendidikan Degree in English Department

Faculty of Teacher Training and Education

Mahasaraswati Denpasar University

BY

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

ENGLISH DEPARTMENT

FACULTY OF TEACHER TRAINING AND EDUCATION

MAHASARASWATI UNIVERSITY

DENPASAR

2013

ii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Firstly the researcher would like to express her gratitude to the Almighty

God ALLAH SWT for His blessing so that this thesis finally is accomplished on

time

Secondly she would like to say thank you for both advisors DrsI nengah

Astawa MHum and I Ketut Wardana SPd Mhum for their helping as guidance

corrector and motivator

Thirdly her deep thank and appreciation goes to Prof Dr I Wayan Maba

the dean faculty of training and education of Maharaswati University Denpasar

and all lectures and staff of the faculty of Teacher Training and Education for

their valuable knowledge and help

Fourthly she also expresses her thankfullness to I Wayan Merta SPd

MPd the headmaster of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura and I Wayan Wage SPd

the English teacher of class for the permission to do the research with the tenth

grade students who were the subjects of this research And then the great thank to

students of class eighth of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura for their cooperation

during the research was conducted

Finally she would say thank you for her family her friends for their spirit

motivation and their support Without them she couldnlsquot accomplish a thesis

Denpasar 10 February 2013

The researcher

sariman

ABSTRACT

Sariman 2013 Teaching Reading Comprehension through questioning

technique to the Tenth Grade Students of SMP muhammadiyah

Karangasem The first advisor Drs I Nengah Astawa MHum the

second advisor I Ketut Wardana SPd M Hum

Keyword teaching reading comprehension questioning technique SMP

muhammadiyah karangasem

The present classroom action study dealt with teaching reading comprehension

through questioning technique to the eighth grade students of SMP

Muhammadiyah Karangasem in academic year 20122013 The purpose of this

research study was to solve the problem which faced by the students especially in

reading comprehension This study tried to answer the research question which

could be formulated as follow can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo

reading comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

Amlapura in academic year 20122013 The present study was concerned with

teaching reading comprehension by administering pre-test post-test and

questionnaire as the research instrument The data required for this study were

collected by administering initial reflection in reading comprehension reflection

by the end of each session and administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The IR score obtained by the subjectslsquo under study was 170 which was

considered low To solve this problem the studentslsquo reading comprehension

needed to be improved through think pair share The result data showed that the

score in every session went up (225 588 755 and 825) The grand mean score

of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was much higher than mean score of the initial refection

(IR) the mean score in cycle 1 and cycle 2 showed the improvement of the

studentslsquo reading comprehension through think pair share The result of the

questionnairelsquos score showed the comparative percentages of 5739 3698

561 and 0 for items A B C and D respectively The result data of questionnaire

indicated that most of students liked this technique in learning English especially

in reading comprehension In conclusion the previously hypothesis reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

could be improved through questioning technique was proved

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 3: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

ii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Firstly the researcher would like to express her gratitude to the Almighty

God ALLAH SWT for His blessing so that this thesis finally is accomplished on

time

Secondly she would like to say thank you for both advisors DrsI nengah

Astawa MHum and I Ketut Wardana SPd Mhum for their helping as guidance

corrector and motivator

Thirdly her deep thank and appreciation goes to Prof Dr I Wayan Maba

the dean faculty of training and education of Maharaswati University Denpasar

and all lectures and staff of the faculty of Teacher Training and Education for

their valuable knowledge and help

Fourthly she also expresses her thankfullness to I Wayan Merta SPd

MPd the headmaster of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura and I Wayan Wage SPd

the English teacher of class for the permission to do the research with the tenth

grade students who were the subjects of this research And then the great thank to

students of class eighth of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura for their cooperation

during the research was conducted

Finally she would say thank you for her family her friends for their spirit

motivation and their support Without them she couldnlsquot accomplish a thesis

Denpasar 10 February 2013

The researcher

sariman

ABSTRACT

Sariman 2013 Teaching Reading Comprehension through questioning

technique to the Tenth Grade Students of SMP muhammadiyah

Karangasem The first advisor Drs I Nengah Astawa MHum the

second advisor I Ketut Wardana SPd M Hum

Keyword teaching reading comprehension questioning technique SMP

muhammadiyah karangasem

The present classroom action study dealt with teaching reading comprehension

through questioning technique to the eighth grade students of SMP

Muhammadiyah Karangasem in academic year 20122013 The purpose of this

research study was to solve the problem which faced by the students especially in

reading comprehension This study tried to answer the research question which

could be formulated as follow can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo

reading comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

Amlapura in academic year 20122013 The present study was concerned with

teaching reading comprehension by administering pre-test post-test and

questionnaire as the research instrument The data required for this study were

collected by administering initial reflection in reading comprehension reflection

by the end of each session and administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The IR score obtained by the subjectslsquo under study was 170 which was

considered low To solve this problem the studentslsquo reading comprehension

needed to be improved through think pair share The result data showed that the

score in every session went up (225 588 755 and 825) The grand mean score

of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was much higher than mean score of the initial refection

(IR) the mean score in cycle 1 and cycle 2 showed the improvement of the

studentslsquo reading comprehension through think pair share The result of the

questionnairelsquos score showed the comparative percentages of 5739 3698

561 and 0 for items A B C and D respectively The result data of questionnaire

indicated that most of students liked this technique in learning English especially

in reading comprehension In conclusion the previously hypothesis reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

could be improved through questioning technique was proved

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 4: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

Firstly the researcher would like to express her gratitude to the Almighty

God ALLAH SWT for His blessing so that this thesis finally is accomplished on

time

Secondly she would like to say thank you for both advisors DrsI nengah

Astawa MHum and I Ketut Wardana SPd Mhum for their helping as guidance

corrector and motivator

Thirdly her deep thank and appreciation goes to Prof Dr I Wayan Maba

the dean faculty of training and education of Maharaswati University Denpasar

and all lectures and staff of the faculty of Teacher Training and Education for

their valuable knowledge and help

Fourthly she also expresses her thankfullness to I Wayan Merta SPd

MPd the headmaster of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura and I Wayan Wage SPd

the English teacher of class for the permission to do the research with the tenth

grade students who were the subjects of this research And then the great thank to

students of class eighth of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura for their cooperation

during the research was conducted

Finally she would say thank you for her family her friends for their spirit

motivation and their support Without them she couldnlsquot accomplish a thesis

Denpasar 10 February 2013

The researcher

sariman

ABSTRACT

Sariman 2013 Teaching Reading Comprehension through questioning

technique to the Tenth Grade Students of SMP muhammadiyah

Karangasem The first advisor Drs I Nengah Astawa MHum the

second advisor I Ketut Wardana SPd M Hum

Keyword teaching reading comprehension questioning technique SMP

muhammadiyah karangasem

The present classroom action study dealt with teaching reading comprehension

through questioning technique to the eighth grade students of SMP

Muhammadiyah Karangasem in academic year 20122013 The purpose of this

research study was to solve the problem which faced by the students especially in

reading comprehension This study tried to answer the research question which

could be formulated as follow can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo

reading comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

Amlapura in academic year 20122013 The present study was concerned with

teaching reading comprehension by administering pre-test post-test and

questionnaire as the research instrument The data required for this study were

collected by administering initial reflection in reading comprehension reflection

by the end of each session and administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The IR score obtained by the subjectslsquo under study was 170 which was

considered low To solve this problem the studentslsquo reading comprehension

needed to be improved through think pair share The result data showed that the

score in every session went up (225 588 755 and 825) The grand mean score

of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was much higher than mean score of the initial refection

(IR) the mean score in cycle 1 and cycle 2 showed the improvement of the

studentslsquo reading comprehension through think pair share The result of the

questionnairelsquos score showed the comparative percentages of 5739 3698

561 and 0 for items A B C and D respectively The result data of questionnaire

indicated that most of students liked this technique in learning English especially

in reading comprehension In conclusion the previously hypothesis reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

could be improved through questioning technique was proved

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 5: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

ABSTRACT

Sariman 2013 Teaching Reading Comprehension through questioning

technique to the Tenth Grade Students of SMP muhammadiyah

Karangasem The first advisor Drs I Nengah Astawa MHum the

second advisor I Ketut Wardana SPd M Hum

Keyword teaching reading comprehension questioning technique SMP

muhammadiyah karangasem

The present classroom action study dealt with teaching reading comprehension

through questioning technique to the eighth grade students of SMP

Muhammadiyah Karangasem in academic year 20122013 The purpose of this

research study was to solve the problem which faced by the students especially in

reading comprehension This study tried to answer the research question which

could be formulated as follow can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo

reading comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

Amlapura in academic year 20122013 The present study was concerned with

teaching reading comprehension by administering pre-test post-test and

questionnaire as the research instrument The data required for this study were

collected by administering initial reflection in reading comprehension reflection

by the end of each session and administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The IR score obtained by the subjectslsquo under study was 170 which was

considered low To solve this problem the studentslsquo reading comprehension

needed to be improved through think pair share The result data showed that the

score in every session went up (225 588 755 and 825) The grand mean score

of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was much higher than mean score of the initial refection

(IR) the mean score in cycle 1 and cycle 2 showed the improvement of the

studentslsquo reading comprehension through think pair share The result of the

questionnairelsquos score showed the comparative percentages of 5739 3698

561 and 0 for items A B C and D respectively The result data of questionnaire

indicated that most of students liked this technique in learning English especially

in reading comprehension In conclusion the previously hypothesis reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

could be improved through questioning technique was proved

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 6: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

TABLE OF CONTENT

COVER i

COVER 2 ii

APPROVAL SHEET 1 iii

APPROVAL SHEET 2 iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT v

TABLE OF CONTENT vi

LIST OF TABLE viii

LIST OF GRAPH ix

ABSTRACT x

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study 1

12 Statement of Research Question 4

13 purpose of the Study 4

14 Limitation of the Study 4

15 Significance of the Study 5

16 Assumptions 5

17 Hypothesis 6

18 Definition of Key Terms 6

19 Theoretical Framework 6

CHAPTER II REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension 8

22 Types of Reading 10

23 Questioning Technique 14

24 Narrative Reading Text 17

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension 18

CHAPTER III RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study 21

32 Research Design 21

321 Initial Reflection 22

322 Planning 23

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 7: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

323 Action 23

324 Observation 24

325 Reflection 25

33 Research Instrument 25

34 Data Collection 26

35 Data Analysis 26

CHAPTER IV THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDINGS

41 Data Tabulation 28

42 Data Analysis 32

43 Discussion of the Findings 37

CHAPTER V CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

51 Conclusion 41

52 Suggestion 42

REFERENCES 44

APPENDICES

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 8: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

LIST OF TABLE

Table 1 Tabulation of Data Showing the SubjectslsquoProgressing

scores in Reading Comprehension through

questioning technique 28

Table 2 Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing

Motivation and Attitude in Reading Comprehension

through questioning Technique 30

Table 3 Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of

each Session and the Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2 33

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 9: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

LIST OF GRAPH

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 1 34

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing scores in

Reading Comprehension through questioning Technique

in Cycle 2 35

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean

after Taught Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 36

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes

in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique 37

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 10: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

11 Background of the Study

Language is one of the most important think in our life especially for

human being By learning language people can communicate to others Beside

that by learning language people can convey their idea and to get message from

someone else There are a lot of languages in this world one of them is English

Mastering in English is a must because today English is an international language

Teaching English as a foreign language is a quite hard because in

Indonesia English is not the first language but the foreign language There are

several reasons why people learning English language first the curriculum which

is made by the government require the student to study English Second some

people learn English because they want to know about the culture of another

country Third they continue their study in another country where English is used

as a national language Four some people learn English because they want to get

a better job in the future some people think that know two languages is better

than one Because of the reasons above every country introduces English since

they still young

Talking about English means talking about four language skills they are

listening speaking reading and writing and other two components they are

vocabulary and grammar Reading is one of ways to study English language

furthermore it has an important part in teaching learning process because by

reading students will enlarge their vocabulary directly Teaching reading means

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 11: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

teach the all components of language such as listening speaking and writing but if

they teach reading they must be focus on reading Mostly reading will be given

after they master in listening and speaking

According to Bernhardt in Undiksa (201233)

Reading is viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a

text a reader and social context within which the activity of reading

takes place

Based on Bernhardlsquo statement the researcher concludes that reading is a complex

activity where all the body such as eyes hands brain foot and etc work together

in the same time Furthermore by reading books the students not only get a lot of

information or get message from it but also it will increase studentlsquos vocabulary

and pronunciation Hence reading is very an important think in teaching learning

process

To keep student motivation in reading comprehension is very hard

because they are very quickly bored Because of this reason teachers need to use

many different kinds of techniques and to continuously renew their efforts to have

the students attain the highest achievements Therefore the learners will enjoy

their class There are many techniques can be applied for teaching reading

comprehension One of them is jigsaw technique

Questioning is operative discussion strategy developed by Lyman in

Undiksa (20124) It gets its name from the three stages of studentslsquo action with

emphasis on what student will do at each of the stages beside that they will work

together with their partner discussing everything that appear on the

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 12: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

text or another material This strategy is a relatively low-risk and short

collaborative learning structure questioning technique is very simple to apply It

is observes that questioning technique effects increasing the academic success in

addition to the social and Intellectual abilities of the students Various research

have shown that especially at the primary secondary and university level that

questioning technique is effective in learning process of theoretical course in the

development of critical thinking process of students not only in their ability to

express themselves but also in their communication skill Today the teacher must

be a facilitator and be a motivator for their students It means that the students

have more active in the class In Think-Pair-Share student may enjoy from time

to time getting away from the usual pattern of reading the story or article aloud at

sight

The purpose of implementing think pair share technique in teaching

learning process is to give the students opportunity to express their knowledge and

ability in reading comprehension without feel scare or embarrassment The

researcher expects that teaching reading comprehension through think pair share

will give a good impact for the student furthermore students can optimize their

reading ability and motivate their self in learning English

From the fact above she realizes that making students keep focus and

enjoy their study is a big problem so in this present study she will use or apply a

new technique in teaching learning process especially in teaching reading

comprehension She will use classroom action research and then the researcher is

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 13: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

highly motivated in investigating the technique in teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share

12 Statement of Research Question

Based on the background of the research the research question can be

formulated as follows can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

in the academic year 20122013

13 Purpose of the Study

In line with the problem formulated before this study is intended to find

out whether or not questioning technique can improve studentslsquo reading

comprehension of the tenth grade students of SMP Muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

14 Limitations of the Study

Teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique is very

complex process On account of this fact challenges related to reading

comprehension faced by the subjects of this study are definitely too broad and

complex to be dealt with in a single study

Accordingly in the present class action study the researcher while

acknowledging that there are many other useful strategies limits her investigation

on teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique using

narrative text to the tenth grade student of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in

academic year 20122013

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 14: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

15 Significance of the Study

This research is concerned with teaching reading comprehension using

questioning technique to improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension The

results of this study are expected to be useful for students teachers and the

researcher It can be a contribution to improve their reading comprehension

1 For students they can improve their achievement of reading comprehension

Beside that by using questioning technique the researcher expect that the

student will enjoy the class By enjoying their self in the class they will be

easier to build their motivation beside that they will be focus on their

material

2 For teachers this present study is expected to become a valuable input in

improving the effectiveness of teaching reading comprehension through think

pair share technique questioning technique is very easy to apply in teaching

learning process In addition the students will be active because they can

express their idea without feel shy Beside that this technique may be used as

a technique to teach another material

3 For the researcher this study is expected to give benefit contribution to the

teacher in other words they can give suitable exercise which can improve the

studentslsquo achievement in reading comprehension futhermore it can be a

contribution to improve the studentlsquo reading comprehension

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 15: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

16 Assumption

Because of the limitation of time finance and the researcher ability not all

variable can be controlled Therefore the fundamental assumptions are put toward

on this study as follow

1 All subjects under study are assumed to have learnt English for the same

period of time

2 All subjects under study are assumed to have similar language experience

both teacher and student

3 The instruments used for collecting the data are constructed in such a way

that they are supposed to be valid and reliable

17 Hypothesis

According to the problem above the researcher will formulate hypothesis

as follows the studentslsquo reading comprehension can be improved through

questioning technique

18 Definition of the Key Terms

In order not to make confuse and misunderstanding dealing with the topic

the key terms are operationally defined as follows

1 Teaching reading comprehension

Reading comprehension is a complex activities or process of getting the

meaning from the text It involves the way of thinking getting knowledge from

the text both of knowledge and pronunciation Teaching reading comprehension is

a whole process that consists of identifying the written word or the text

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 16: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

understanding the text and interpreting it depend on the background and studentslsquo

knowledge By doing these activities the students are expected to open their mind

and try to express their idea or opinion while teaching learning happen

2 questioning technique

questioning is a simple technique which is introduced by Lyman

giving the student to think alone or individually about the question that

has been posed

students are divided into pairs to discuss their thoughts This step

allows the students to share their idea with hisher partner and

then they will work together as a group to answer the question

after getting the answer student pairs share their ideas to the

whole class Mostly students are more comfortable presenting

ideas in the class with the support of a partner In addition the

` students more easily to create ideas using this technique

3 SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura is a name of junior High School which is

located on Jalan raya sudirman amlapura Karangasem furthermore it has 3

classrooms of the tenth grade students The class eighth will be observed by the

researcher because she thinks that they still have crucial problem in reading

omprehension skill Therefore the researcher is deeply interested to cope this

problem

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 17: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

19 Theoretical Framework

In this study the theoretical frameworks which will be discussed elaborately

in Chapter 2 review of related literature are as follows 1) conception of reading

comprehension 2) types of reading (3) questioning technique 4) narrative

reading text 5) assessment of reading comprehension

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 18: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

CHAPTER II

REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE

21 Conception of Reading Comprehension

Since English as an international language most of people in the world

learn it Sometime people learn it because they want to expand their business or

just learning about another culture Because of this reason they have to know

English as a basic language for communication Reading comprehension can be

used as an effective way to solve this problem furthermore it also can increase

studentslsquo vocabulary too Thus reading has an important part in teaching learning

process especially in learning English

Klinger Vaughn amp Boardman (20072) state that meaning learning and

pleasure are the ultimate goals of learning to read Knowing how to read words

has ultimately little value if the students are unable to construct meaning from the

text Ultimately reading comprehension is the process of constructing meaning by

coordinating a number of complex processes that include word reading word and

world knowledge and fluency furthermore they state that reading

comprehension involves much more than readerslsquo responses to the text Reading

comprehension is a multicomponent highly complex process that involves many

interactions between reader and what they bring to the text (previous knowledge

strategy use) as well as variables related to the text it self (interest in the text

understanding of the text type)

According to Edward fry (20077) reading comprehension is you teach a

student to read by helping him or her to learn the relationships between the printed

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 19: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

words and their meaning Meanwhile Bernhard in Undiksa (201233) reading is

viewed as an interactive sociocognitive process involving a text a reader and

social context within which the activity of reading takes place Meanwhile Ediger

further points that the reader constructs meaning through his transaction with the

written text The transaction involves interpretation which is influenced by his

experience language background cultural framework and purposes of reading

Beside that he furthers mentions six components skill and knowledge which can

be gained from the reading process such as word identification enlarge the

vocabularies formal discourse structure knowledge contentworld background

knowledge evaluation skillsstrategies compare information from different

resources there are mental process while reading Hence there are numbers of

benefits for the reader that can be got during reading

Lapp and Flood in Developmental Reading (20081) write that all

definitions of reading fall into two categories First there are those who view

reading primarily as a decoding process a breaking of a visual code In a second

view reading for meaning is emphasized from the very earliest stages of

instruction in this view reading as a comprehension process is stressed

In other hand ESRC Seminar Series (20098) writes that Comprehension

is the goal of both reading and listening Successful comprehension enables

readers (or listeners) to acquire information to experience and be aware of other

worlds (including fictional ones) to communicate successfully and to achieve

academic success They also define that good reading comprehension involves

reading the words on the page accessing their meanings computing the sense of

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 20: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

each sentence and much else as well To understand text in a meaningful way

readers need to integrate the meanings of successive sentences and to establish

local coherence Readers also need to establish how the information fits together

as a whole that is global coherence For both local and global coherence readers

need to intercoporate background knowledge and ideas (retrieved from long-term

memory) to make sense of details that are only implicit

Basically all the linguists above have a same opinion about reading and

reading comprehension Thus the researcher can conclude that reading

comprehension is a complex activity where the reader can get knowledge from the

text both of information or message and new vocabularies furthermore to

understand text the reader need to find out the meaning or the correlation between

the sentences that establish in the whole text They can retell again the

information that they have read depend on their knowledge culture and

background Finally there are a lot of benefits that the reader can get from

reading If we read a lot of books magazines articles and many things you can

get a lot of knowledge and information from it

22 Types of Reading

In the previous section the researcher has introduced the definition of

reading comprehension from the linguists Now she will discuss about types of

reading In this material the researcher distributes the types of reading into two

categories The first is depend on reading assessment which is written by Brown

and the second is depend on teaching reading which is introduced by Bambang

Setiyadi

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 21: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

The researcher only explains about the both of these topics For further

information about it she shows the explanation below

As Brown states (2004189) that reading can be defined into 4 types they are

1 Perceptive Perceptive reading tasks involve attending to the components

of larger stretches of discourse letters words punctuation and other

graphitic symbols In this case the learners are expected becoming literate

in both of their native speaker or in language that they have learned By

doing this task they will get a lot benefits one of it is they able to write

and read

2 Selective This category is largely an artifact of assessment formats In

order to ascertain onelsquos reading recognition of lexical grammatical or

discourse features of language within a very short stretch of language

certain typical tasks are used picture-cued task matching truefalse

multiple-choice etc It means that the learners are expected to understand

more detail about the language that they have learned

3 Interactive Included among interaction reading types are stretches of

language of several paragraphs to one page or more in which the reader

must in a psycholinguistic sense interact with the text That is reading is a

process of negotiating meaning the reader brings to the text a set of

schemata for understanding it and intake is the product of that interaction

So the reader or listener have to make the text into graph or schemata in

order to make simple and more easier in understanding it without reading

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 22: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

the whole text Hence the reader can understand immediately by looking

the schemata with a little note in the below of it

4 Extensive Extensive reading applies to text of more than a page up to

and including professional articles essay technical reports short stories

and books The learners must understand the whole text that they have

read and the last they can answer the question based on the text

Second she discuss the types of reading depend on the method that is used in

teaching learning process Huebener in Bambang Setiyadi (200667) writes there

are different types of reading

1 Choral reading This type still important in improving learnerslsquo

pronunciation Working in-groups will make language learners feel

confident to pronounce words in foreign accent and practice is really

recommended in this method

2 Silent reading After language learners learn the words and expressions

and know how to pronounce them the actual reading can begin This can

be done through silent reading Silent reading can begin with reading

aloud by the teacher

3 Intensive reading Intensive reading may proceed as follows

a While the books are closed the students listen to the teacher They

have to hear what their teacher said carefully Occasionally

he or she will ask a question to make sure that everything is clear

b The new words phrases and idiom are written on the board They

pronounced and used in original sentences

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 23: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

c The students open their books and the teachers read the first part

of the selection aloud Reference is made to words on the board It

means that after the teachers read aloud the first part of the text and

then write down the difficult word that faced by the students on the

board and will discuss it together

d The selection is now read by the class alternating silent and oral

reading It is suggested that narrative or expository passage be

read silently whereas conversation or dialogue is done orally

e The selection may now be summarized in various types Selected

learners may be asked to give a summary in their mother tongue

or in the foreign language

4 Extensive reading Basically extensive reading is a silent reading but

done outside of class In order for language learners to have less

problems in intensive reading the teacher should explain first difficult

passages or new words

5 Supplementary reading It is also done out in class Language learners are

free to choose reading materials Reading materials may consist of

newspaper bulletins or magazines in the target language The effect of

doing this activity the students will enjoy studying English

The researcher thinks that reading is very useful for increasing student

ability both in speaking and listening because by reading they will know lots of

vocabulary In the other hand reading is one of the best and a simple ways to

learn foreign language in all levels of learners

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 24: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

23 Questioning Technique

There are a lot of technique can be applied in teaching learning activity

Using appropriate technique in convey the material is a must because it can

influence the condition of students It means that are the students enjoy while

teaching learning process happen As what has been previously mentioned to get

studentslsquo attention is very hard the teachers must use a various technique to make

them keep focus on the material There are a lot of techniques that can be used as

a way to communicate the material in the classroom Questioning technique can

be a solution to solve the problems in teaching reading comprehension

Questioning technique developed by Professor Frank Lyman at the

University of Maryland in 1981 and adopted by many writers in field of

cooperative learning during that time This technique can be used in all level of

students moreover the technique is a low- risk strategy

Similar to what Lyman suggested Bennett and Rolheiser (200194) state

that this is a process that can be implemented quickly and can be incorporated into

almost any form of instruction It is a cooperative structure in which partners

privately think about a questionideaissuesituation etc then discuss their

responses with one another A useful strategy to involve all students They also

give information how to use the technique

Step 1 the teacher puts students into groups of two The students sit face to face

knee to knee maintaining eye contact They then number themselves

person A and person B

Step 2 the teacher tells the students heshe will ask a question students are to

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 25: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

think to themselves and then share with a partner The teacher will then

call on any student to share with the class or the other word the teacher

will ask the students to share to the whole class

Step 3 the teacher ask a question gives students time to think and then ask A to

start sharing When A is finished B shares with A usually 30 seconds for

each person

Step 4 the teacher can then randomly call on individuals to share their grouplsquos

thoughts with the class

Further Dougles Nancy (200730) writes that think pair share is a

cooperative discussion strategy that allows students to discuss their responses with

a pair before sharing with the whole class They also argued that the teacher could

listen in as pairs discuss their responses and can not the way in which pairs share

their responses

According to James et al (2010264) writes how to use questioning

technique in classroom They further explain the procedures to apply this

technique while teaching learning happen it will discuss below

1 Making plan where pausing for reflection took place

2 Explain the concept think pair share to the student

3 Form pairs by asking students to get partner

4 Pose question and signal think begin Giving students to think first to

find the answer by thinking individually is necessary because it can

increase their ability in understanding the text independently

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 26: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

5 Signal share it means that the students must share to their partner what

their own answer

According to Persida and William (201132) questionig is a simple but

powerful tool that should be used repeatedly and consistently throughout the day

They also explain how to apply the technique in classroom here is the system ask

the student to imagine or describe the question which has be given before by their

self Giving the time to think around 30 minutes is very important for student

Then ask them to find their partner and share with her or his

Beside that depend on Darryn (200932) questioning is a technique which

is used to invite all students more active in the classroom The question must be

answered by the student The teacher asks students to think the answer

individually After giving time to think he or she will ask their student to make a

group consist of two persons (pair) At last they will discuss their respond with

their partner After that the teacher asks them to share to the whole class Mostly

teacher will use their hand or use a tool like bell as a signal indicate that the time

is over or the cycle must move In the other hand Robert and John (2011122)

have same opinions

is a technique which is done through three simple steps Further they also state

that this technique can be used to know the studentslsquo respond about article or

something happen today It means it can be used to improve studentslsquo ability in

speaking

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 27: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Similar with Steven et Al (200698) write questioning is a cooperative

where it consist of three simple steps By doing this technique the student will be

more comfortable share to the whole class after discussing their respond with their

partner

Holcomb (200028) also writes that the technique doesnlsquot need a special

material It can be used in many context during an improvement process to

improve communication and manage conflicts furthermore it helps assess the

readiness of a school to examine it self and begin to improve Further he argues

that the purpose for the individually participant is to refine and clarify personal

viewpoints

24 Narrative Reading Text

Based on PLPG which was made by Undiksa Singaraja (2012 56) writes

that a narrative is used to tell a story and in doing so entertains or informs the

reader or listener or in another word narrative text is aimed to amuse or to

entertain the reader or listener by telling a story The tenses that usually used in

writing narrative are past tense The generic structures of narrative text are

1 An orientation the writer tells about the members of story or who is in the

story the background of the story such as time and place (who when

where)

2 A complication problem that must be faced by the character

3 A sequence of events where the characters react to the complication At

the beginning of the story we can use at first one day in the beginning

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 28: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

once upon the time etc Then in middle we can use next then after that At

the end of the story we can use at last in conclusion finally etc

4 A resolution in which the character solve their problem

5 A coda a comment or moral based on the story but it is an optional step

we can make it or not

25 Assessment of Reading Comprehension

Assessment is really needed and can be done by giving a series of test The

purpose of the test is to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension Beside that

it also used to enable a teacher to evaluate the effectiveness of the teaching

program in the method delivery and resources But the most important think is to

know the information on studentlsquo progress According to Burke in Westwood

(200873) states that observation of students at work allows teachers to carry out

what has become known as authenticlsquo assessment It means that teacher must

observe their student first before giving a test

According to Brown (2004188) writes that the assessment of reading can

imply the assessment of a storehouse of reading strategies develop and use a

battery of reading strategies such us skinning and skimming detecting discourse

markers guessing the meaning of woods from context and activating schemata

for the interpretation of texts He also said that aside from simply testing the

ultimate achievement of comprehension of written text it may be important in

some contexts to assess one or more of storehouse of classic reading strategies

Furthermore Brown states that assessment on the other hand is on

ongoing process that encompasses a much wider domain Whenever a student

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 29: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

respond to a question offer a comment or tries out a new word or structure the

teacher subconsciously makes an assessment of the studentslsquo performance

Kauchak and Eggen in Peter Westwood (200871) confirm that

The relationship between learning and assessment is clear and

consistent Student learn more in classes where assessment is a regular

part of classroom routines particularly when assessment are frequent

and provide feedback to learners

Assessment is a feedback from the learners about the lecture that the teacher

taught It means that they have understood the material or not In this case

assessment also used to evaluate the effectiveness of teaching program

According to Chambers and Gregory (2006 162) a fucntion of any

assessment regime is that it should act as a guide to reinforcing teacherlsquos priorities

and helping te students to identify what activities knowledge and understanding

are centrally important to their progress

In conclusion both teaching and assessing are so closely interrelated in

which the form of assessment is not just giving a test in the end of teaching

process but also in every activity which appear in the class can become a test In

this research the researcher will give the student several question related to the

written text which is discussed during teaching learning process She expected

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension would be increased after giving the tests

She would give the students test or called post test in every sessions She hoped

that the studentslsquo reading comprehension could improve after the four sessions

were conducted Every teaching session would be completed with the assessment

in the form essay test The student should be able to answer the question correctly

where the right answer would get 1 point and the wrong answer get 0

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 30: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

CHAPTER III

RESEARCH METHOD

31 Subject of the Study

The present classroom action research was conducted to the eighth grade

students of SMP Muhammadiyah Amlapura There were 27 students in class A

consisted of 10 malelsquo students and 17 femalelsquo students I chose class A because

they were still poor in reading comprehension Beside that they also felt bored

when they learn English with the same technique I got this fact after doing

observation by asking the teacher who taught in that class especially English

teacher

32 Research Design

This study used Classroom Action Research (CAR) as the research design

Schoollaert (200056) states that Classroom Action Research was firstly

introduced by Stenhouse in 1975 and promoted by Elliot in 1991 This research

consisted of four major phrases namely Planning (theory formulation) Action

(intervention is carried out) Observation (data collection of intervention) and

Reflection (data analysis)

Mills in Craig A Mertler (20062) states that action research is defined as

any systematic inquiry conducted by teachers administrators counselors or others

with a vested interest in the teaching and learning process or environment for the

purpose of gathering the information about how their students learn

According to Patricia (20085) action research is a research where the

researcher use collect and analysis plan and implement action collect and

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 31: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

analysis data on effect and identify remaining concerns If the result good or

depend on the researcherlsquo standard it should be enough but if it doesnlsquot fulfill the

researcher must do it again

In addition Kemmis and Taggrat in Denzin and Y Lincoln (2000595) state

that action research consists of two cycles and every cycle consists of four

sessions and every session consists of four activities such as planning action

obervation and reflection

In this study the teaching learning process were divided into two cycles

where every cycle consisted of two seasons Each season consisted of four

interconnected namely planning action observation and reflection If the first

cycle (cycle 1) didnlsquot fulfill the researcher target it would be continued by

making the second cycle (cycle 2) It meant that the second cycle revised of the

first cycle (cycle 1) In other to make it clear the design can be explained below

Form Cycle 1 P1 A1 O1 R1

Cycle 2 RP P2 A2 O2 R2

Where P Planning

A Action

O Observation

R Reflection

RP Revised Planning

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 32: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

321 Initial Reflection

Initial reflection was the first step which was done by the researcher In this

stage she might carry out the problems that appear in reading comprehension by

giving some question to the English teacher Before giving the treatment to solve

the problems which were faced by the students she had to give the pre test first It

was purposed to measure the studentslsquo reading comprehension

322 Planning

To maximize the classroom action study worked the researcher prepared the

instructional planning for overall session such as

1 Deciding the topic for the first and second cycle

2 Designing the teaching lesson plan

3 Preparing the teaching aid such as reading text that was used for the first

and second cycle

4 Making post tests in the form of question and answer test at the end of

each session

323 Action

Action was implementing the previous planning In this stage was very

important because the researcher applied think pair share technique to solve the

problem which was found in the beginning Action means that the researcher

really did in the classroom setting during the processes of teaching reading

through Think Pair Share What she did in every session was principally based on

three phases namely pre activities while activities and post activities

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 33: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

The teaching learning activities started with pre activities In this phrase

she greeted the students checked their present list gave motivation and tried to

introduce the general view of the material These pre activities were planed for

about 5 minutes for each session

The second phrase was while activities In this phrase the researcher used

think pair share to teach reading comprehension In this phrase she divided it into

three categories the first category was exploration gained information from the

students about the material which was discussed In here she taught narrative text

The second category was elaboration consisted of giving explanation

about the material The last category was confirmation in this step she used think

pair share technique in teaching reading comprehension by giving opportunity to

the student to read the text At first she would ask the student to read randomly It

meant if the text consisted of ten paragraphs she would point ten students to read

and every student read only one paragraph While a student read one paragraph

another student had to find the difficult word that appeared on the text

individually Then she gave direction to find a partner to discuss the text or story

After that the pairs had to share what their got after discussing the text The time

allocation for this while activities were about 30 minutes

The last phrase was post activity The researcher concluded the material

which had been taught and asked them to answer the question based on the text

individually The post activities in each session were planed for about 55 minutes

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 34: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

324 Observation

Observation was used to know the effectiveness of teaching learning

process using questioning technique Beside that it also determined if there was

any changed on the studentslsquo behavior and activity in reading class and how

extent the action reached the target It was very important because by doing

observation directly she knew about everything that happened in the class The

changing behavior here included higher motivation in reading comprehension

positive attitude be more active and enjoyed during reading comprehension

happened

325 Reflection

In this action research reflection is purposed to know weather the students

understood the material which were given on the basis of teaching reading

through thing pair share The present classroom action study was divided into two

cycles where each cycle consists of two seasons and the total tests were four The

result of the entire reflection in cycle 1 were used a feedback and basis plan and

carry out the action in cycle II in improved way

33 Research Instrument

This present study administered pre-test post test and questionnaire as the

research instrument and to collect the data which will be discussed briefly in the

following

1 There were two kinds of test to measure studentslsquo reading comprehension

namely pre test and post test Pre-test or initial reflection was intended to

assess the pre-existing reading comprehension of the subjects which was

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 35: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

administered in the first meeting before the researcher conducted the

research by applying questioning technique in the classroom The post

tests were administered in the end of each season The function of

administering post test was to evaluate the effectiveness of questioning

technique in teaching reading comprehension or to answer the research

question can questioning technique improve the studentslsquo reading

comprehension It was in form of question and answer test which

consisted of 10 questions The score was ranging 1-10 and for each correct

answer got one point

2 Questionnaire

Questionnaire was actually intended to measure the changing degrees of

the subjectslsquo motivation after they had been taught reading comprehension

through questioning technique The subjects would be given ten questions

related in teaching reading comprehension using questioning technique

Was it motivates them in learning reading comprehension or not In order

to avoid misunderstanding and confusion the questionnaire was written in

Bahasa Indonesia The researcher constructed questionnaire in multiple

choice in respective item of ABC and D and the results of questionnaire

were qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3

34 Data Collection

The important data required to answer the research question under study

was collected through administering IR (pre-test) and R (post test) some

supporting additional data were gathered through administering questionnaire to

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 36: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

the subjects under study The important data was shown by the studentslsquo score

collected in every post test

35 Data Analysis

The important data was collected through administering pre-test and post

tests some supporting additional data were gathered through administering

questionnaire to the subjects under study that was class eighth students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura Therefore there are considerably three kinds of raw

scores obtained for the present classroom action study those are

1 Scores indicating the subjectslsquo pre-existing reading comprehension

ability

2 Scores showing the subjectslsquo progress achievement in reading

comprehension

3 Scores showing the subjectslsquo changing learning behavior

The data obtained for the present class action study were analyzed

descriptively so as to find the effectiveness questioning technique in teaching

reading comprehension could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension The

quantitative data in the forms of raw scores were analyzed by computing the

average scores or the mean scores of IR (Xo) R for cycle 1 (XI and X2) R for

cycle II (X3 and X4) The mean was obtained from counting up all the scores and

then they were divided by the number of individuals This was better known as

the average figure In statistic was often called the arithmetic mean Formula for

getting the mean was

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 37: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

M = N

X

Where M = Mean

X = Frequency distribution of score

N = Sum of individuals

In this way the mean score obtained by the subjects in IR (Xo) was

compared with its corresponding mean scores in post test for cycle I and cycle II

was clearly shown by the difference between Xo X1 X2

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 38: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

CHAPTER IV

THE PRESENTATION OF THE FINDING

41 Data Tabulation

There were three kinds of instruments that were used in gathering the data

consisted of pre test post test and questioner The data would answer the research

question that had been posed in previous chapter by administering pre test post

tests and questionnaire to the eighth grade students of SMP Muhammadiyah

karangasem

The pre-test was administered to the subjects under study to get their pre-

existing ability of reading comprehension Although she gave the test to the

students without giving the lesson the student had to answer the questions based

on the text depended on their knowledge The post-tests or reflections in this

present study were administered of four sessions which each cycle consisted of

two sessions This was due to the fact that each session was ended by reflection

Therefore there were four sets of raw score showing the subjectslsquo improvement in

reading comprehension through questioning technique That was score of pre-test

and each post test in S1 S2 S3 and S4 The four sets of scores which were

collected in this present study could be tabulated as follows

Table 1

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Progressing Scores in Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

Subjects IR S1 S2 S3 S4

1 3 3 4 7 10

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 39: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

2 1 3 4 1 2

3 1 2 6 8 9

4 3 4 8 8 10

5 0 3 7 9 10

6 0 4 4 4 9

7 3 3 7 8 5

8 1 3 3 8 9

9 0 2 8 8 10

10 2 1 4 7 7

11 2 2 8 8 5

12 4 3 7 7 9

13 2 2 6 9 10

14 1 1 7 8 8

15 2 1 8 9 9

16 2 4 4 9 9

17 0 2 7 8 9

18 4 4 4 9 9

19 1 3 9 8 10

20 1 1 6 3 8

21 2 5 5 8 9

22 2 4 8 9 10

23 3 5 5 8 5

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 40: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

24 1 3 4 8 5

25 1 3 6 7 9

26 2 6 4 9 9

27 2 5 6 9 9

Total 46 61 159 204 223

The additional data required for the present classroom action study were

collected through administering questionnaire to the subject under study The

result of questionnaire was qualitatively scored using the rating scale 0 ndash 3 (A3

B2 C1 D0) The scores were gathered by administering questionnaire showed

the subjectslsquo changing attitude and motivation in reading comprehension through

questioning technique The obtained data showing the subjectslsquo total scores for the

items of the questionnaire were tabulated as the following

Table 2

Tabulation of Data Showing the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in

Reading Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

QUESTIONNAIRE ITEMS

Subject A B C D

1 9 14 0 0

2 6 12 2 0

3 3 8 5 0

4 6 6 3 0

5 12 4 2 0

6 9 12 1 0

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 41: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

7 9 14 0 0

8 6 12 2 0

9 3 16 1 0

10 21 2 2 0

11 12 12 0 0

12 0 14 3 0

13 15 8 1 0

14 6 14 1 0

15 15 8 1 0

16 0 12 2 0

17 3 16 1 0

18 15 6 2 0

19 9 6 4 0

20 12 12 0 0

21 0 12 2 0

22 6 4 3 0

23 12 12 0 0

24 3 16 1 0

25 3 16 1 0

26 12 6 3 0

27 0 16 1 0

Total 450 290 44 0

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 42: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

42 Data Analysis

Based on tabulation of the data in table 1 and table 2 there were five sets

of raw scores which showed the studentlsquo progress in reading comprehension

through questioning technique The data should be accurately analysis and the

result of the analysis was discussed as the following In table 1 there were five

sets of raw the score which showed the studentslsquo progress in reading

comprehension through questioning technique

The score was got by giving the tests to the students in the end of lesson in

every session The mean of score in pre test and post test in four sessions would

be discussed in the below

ΣX 46

1 The X0 of IR score = mdash = mdash = 170

N 27

ΣX 61

2 The X1of S1 score = mdash = mdash = 225

N 27

ΣX 159

3 The X2of S2 score = mdash = mdash = 588

N 27

ΣX 204

4 The X3of S3 score = mdash = mdash = 755

N 27

ΣX 223

5 The X4 of S4 score = mdash = mdash = 825

N 27

The grand mean X1 of the post test scores in cycle 1 was

X1 + X2 225 + 588

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 406

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 43: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

2 2

The grand mean X2 of the post test in cycle 2 was

X3 + X4 755 + 825

mdashmdashmdashmdash = mdashmdashmdashmdash = 79

2 2

After finding the data from the present classroom action study the result

above could be summarized as the following

Table 3

Summary of the Research Findings Showing the Mean of each Session and the

Grand Mean for Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

Pre Test SO XO = 170 Grand Mean

Cycle I

SI XI = 225

406 S2 X2 = 588

Cycle 2

S3 X3 = 755

79 S4 X4 = 825

In table no 2 showed the studentslsquo score after answering the questionnaire

which aimed to know the subjectslsquo changing motivation and attitudes in reading

comprehension through questioning technique Scores of the items of the

questionnaires in which the subjectlsquos total answer for item A B C and D were

shown as follows

450

1 The percentage of item A = ------- x 100 = 5739

784

290

2 The percentage of item B = -------- x 100 = 3698

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 44: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

784

44

3 The percentage of item C = -------- x 100 = 561

784

0

4 The percentage of item D = -------- x 100 = 0

784

The score that was got by giving the students some question in the end of

every session would be presented using graph She made 4 graphs to show the

score started from the pre test until the four post tests The score of initial

reflection would be compared with the score which was taken in cycle 1 and cycle

2 consisted of 4 sessions And then she compared between the score that was got

in pre test and the grand meanlsquo score in cycle 1 cycle2

To make it clear the rising comparative mean figures of the pre test (IR)

scores and post test (reflection) scores obtain by the tenth grade student of SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura for cycle 1 and cycle 2 could be presented as follows

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 45: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Graph 1 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

The graph above showed the score that was taken from the result in

teaching reading comprehension session 1 and session 2 in cycle 1 and pre test

Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 1 (S1) = 225

Session 2 (S2) = 588

Graph 2 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing in Reading Comprehension through

questioning Technique

170225

588

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S1 S2

Mea

n

Pre test and Cycle 1

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 46: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Note Initial Reflection (IR) = 170

Session 3 (S3) = 755

Session 4 (S4) = 825

Based on the graph above she showed the raising score from the pre test

until post test no 4 The students made an improvement in the amount of 585

points from 170 (pre test) to be 755 (post test in session 3) and an improvement

score from pre test and post test in session 4 in the amount 655 points It

indicated that questioning could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 3 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Progressing Grand Mean after Taught Reading

Comprehension through Think Pair Share Technique

170

755

825

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

IR S3 S4

Mea

n

Pre Test and Cycle 2

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 47: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

To make easier to count the data or the scores the initial reflection which

at the beginning was symbolized by IR then in the grand mean score in the initial

reflection was changed with XO The grand mean in cycle one was symbolized by

X1 and the grand mean in cycle 2 was symbolized by X2

The mean score of pre test was 170 indicated was very low In the grand

mean score of cycle 1 was 406 If she compared the grand mean score of pre test

and the grand mean score which was got from cycle 1 therefore the score went

up in amount 236 furthermore the raising score happened in cycle 2 there was

improvement in the amount of 62 points From the data above she could conclude

that think pair share can improve studentslsquo reading comprehension

Graph 4 Depicting the Subjectslsquo Changing Motivation and Attitudes in Reading

Comprehension through questioning Technique

170

406

79

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

XO X1 X2

Mea

n

Pre test Cycle 1 and Cycle 2

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 48: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

The data of questionnaire above showed that most of the students chose A

it indicated that they like questioning technique learning reading comprehension

It was proved by looking at the graph above 5739 chose A 3698 selected B

561 answered C and 0 chose D

43 Discussion of the Findings

From the result data above the scores of the pre test that were obtained

from the subjects under study in reading comprehension was 170 This result

indicated that the subjects under study were low in reading comprehension

because the standard score in the school institution was 75 It was caused of

some reasons such as they didnlsquot understand the text they got difficulty in

translating the difficult word that appeared on the text and they didnlsquot bring a

dictionary while teaching learning process Because of these reasons most of

5739

3698

5610

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

A B C D

Mea

n

Questionnaire

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 49: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

them looked confusedly in understanding the text At last she told them to do just

what they could do The pre test was conducted on the 7th

of January 2013

In the post test (reflection) consisted of two cycles where every cycle

divided into two sessions The first post test was conducted on January 8 2013

and the second post test was conducted on January 14 2013 Firstly she greeted

the students checked the present list before teaching Then she gained some

information from the students weather they knew narrative text or not In here she

began to use her technique to solve the students reading comprehensionlsquo problem

She got the data or studentslsquo scores after giving them tests In graph no 1

she compared the score where she got in the pre test with the scores in cycle 1 (the

score in session 1(S1) and session 2 (S2)) The score in session 1 was 225 and in

session 2 was 588 It meant that the score in session 1 (S1) higher than the score

in the pre test Besides the score in session 2 much higher than session 1 so it

showed that the student made an improvement in theirlsquo reading comprehension

from the pre test until post test in cycle 1

The third test was conducted on January 17 2013 and the fourth test was

conducted on January 21 2013 This cycle was revision of the cycle 1 This time

the teacher did not need too much time to apply the technique because they had

known their partner and the procedure of the technique In graph no 2 the data

analysis result of the post test (reflection) scores in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) pointed

out the increasing mean figures of 755 and 825 These scores were much higher

than in the pre test The mean figures obtained by the subject under study in each

session of cycle 2 were still visible much higher than mean figure of pre test (IR)

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 50: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

scores By looking the data that she got from every session in cycle 1 and cycle 2

she concluded that the score was on the increase from the pre test until the last

post test in cycle 2

In the graph no 3 the grand mean figure of the post test in cycle 1 was 406

and in cycle 2 was 79 There was significant different score which was gotten in

the pre test (17) and in cycle 1 cycle 2 This mean figure suggested that the

teaching reading comprehension in cycle 2 (S3 and S4) using think pair share

technique could be remarked to be more effective than cycle 1 or in other word

this technique could improve studentslsquo reading comprehension in cycle 2 This

was due to the fact that the cycle 2 was a revised version of cycle 1 therefore the

teaching scenarios in cycle 2 were accordingly revised by taking into account the

weaknesses found out in cycle 1 It showed that the grand mean score of the

reflections in cycle 2 was higher than cycle 1

The questionnaire was given in the last of session She gave opportunity to

the students to answer the questionnaire individually A questionnaire consisted of

ten questions The questionnaire which were actually intended to measure the

changing learning behavior of the subjects under study in learning reading

comprehension through think pair share technique were administered by the end

of cycle 2 The subjects would be given ten questions related to how the think pair

share technique motivate them and in order to avoid misunderstanding and

confusion the questionnaire was written in Bahasa Indonesia The researcher

constructed questionnaire in multiple choice in respective item of ABC and D

and the results of questionnaire were qualitatively scored using the rating scale

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 51: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

0 ndash 3 The result of questionnaire score showed the comparative percentages

5739 36987 561 and 0 for items A B C and D

Based on the graph no 4 she showed that most of the students chose A

(5739) It meant that more than a half of the students really liked think pair

share technique when teaching learning process happened furthermore about

3698 chose B it indicated that they liked a technique In addition about 561

of the whole students in class A chose C and a few students chose D but the score

was 0 because she gave zero if the students chose D The result of the comparative

percentages figures were obtained for the present class study proved that the

subjectslsquo learning behavior changed positively

The data above showed that think pair share technique could improve

studentslsquo reading comprehension Therefore the researcher though that the

hypothesis stated as the following the reading comprehension at the SMA

Jagadhita Amlapura could be improved by applying think pair share technique

was confirmed

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 52: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION

The discussion throughout the present classroom action study which dealt

with teaching reading comprehension through think pair share technique to the

tenth grade students of SMP muhamadiyah karangasem in academic year

20132014 could finally be concluded in this chapter The findings of this study

could really provide some benefits for the English teachers and the tenth grade

students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura were also recommended in this chapter

51 Conclusion

The present classroom action study was conducted to help students to

improve their ability in reading comprehension The main data required for the

present classroom action study were gathered through administering initial

reflection and reflections to the subjects under study The supplementary data

were also collected by administering questionnaire by the end of cycle 2

The mean score of IR (X0) = 17 This mean figure clearly showed that the

studentslsquo reading comprehension of SMP karangasem in academic year

20132014 was considered low The grand mean of the reflections in cycle 1 was

406 and the grand mean of the reflections in cycle 2 was 79 Every cycle

consisted of two session the score in session 1 until session 4 were 225 588

755 and 825 Comparing with the mean score of IR it was clear that the grand

mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 were much higher than IR beside than from S1 to S4

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 53: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

the results mean figures were progressed and increased significantly The

difference between the grand mean of cycle 1 and cycle 2 was 384 The

established mean figure for each session (S1 to S4) was much higher than the IR

It indicated that the result mean figures progressed and increased significantly

The result of the questionnaire clearly showed the comparative percentage

figures of 5739 3698 561 and 0 for the respective total responses of the

items A B C and D After collecting the data which were taken from the students

she got that the attitude and the learning motivation of the subjects under study

were changed positively The researcher who acted as a classroom teacher

observed that the students were active in participating and involving themselves in

the teaching learning process It clearly suggested that teaching reading

comprehension through think pair share technique could make the students

became active and significantly improve their reading comprehension

Thus the problems that faced by the tenth grade students of SMP

muhamadiyah Amlapura in reading comprehension could be solved by using

questioning technique on teaching learning process The hypothesis the think pair

share technique can improve reading comprehension to the tenth grade students of

SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura was proved It could therefore be concluded that

think pair share could improve the studentslsquo reading comprehension of the tenth

grade students of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura in academic year 20122013

52 Suggestion

From the conclusion above the researcher would like to give some

suggestions dealing with the study accomplished

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 54: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

1 For the teacher she suggests to be more active creative and innovative in

teaching reading comprehension and also to other language skills The most

important think is the teacher must be friendly and sensitively to the studentslsquo

situation and always be a good motivator for them Therefore by doing the

things above the students will enjoy and interest to learn English subject The

result of the study is also expected to enrich the teacherlsquo knowledge about the

technique She hopes that they would use think pair share to teach reading

comprehension because after doing observation this technique was success

applied in teaching reading comprehension

2 The students of the tenth grade of SMP muhamadiyah Amlapura also

suggested keep on motivating and improving their reading comprehension

more intensively for instance motivate themselves to learn more seriously

not only in the classroom but also out of the classroom furthermore to enrich

their vocabulary they have to read a lot of books

3 Other researchers who are going to conduct a classroom action research it is

suggested to use more reading passage in teaching learning process and

hopefully it can be used as a reference and be an alternative source and

guidance in conducting the same study of obtaining better result

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 55: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

REFERENCES

Angelita D Romero Rene C Romero 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for College Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Bennett B and Rolheiser C 2001 Beyond Monet Ontorio Bookation

Chambers Ellie and Gregory Marshall 2006 Teaching and Learning English

Literature London SAGE Publications Ltd

Denzin and Y Lincoln 2000 Handbook of Qualitative Research Beverly Hills

CA Saga

Edward Bernand Fry Dr PhD 2007 How to Teach Reading for Teacher parents

and Tutor Teacher Created RESOURCES

Fisher Dougles and Frey Nancy 2007 Checking for Understanding

Formative Assessment Techniques for Your Classroom United States of

America ASCD

Himmele persida and Himmele William 2011 Total Participant Technique

Making every Student an Active Learners United States of America

ASCD

Hinchey Patricia A 2008 Action Research Primer Peter Lang Peter Lang

Holcomb Edie L 2000 Asking the Right Question Techniques for

Collaboration and School Change California Corwin Press

HttppsywebpsyoxacuklcdfilesESRComprehensionbookletpdf 2009

Klinger Jenette K Vaughn Sharon Boardman Alison 2007 Teaching Reading

Comprehension to the Students with Learning Difficulties New York

The Guilford Press

Kruse Darryn 2009 Thinking Strategies for the Inquiry Classroom Australia

Curriculum Press

Mertler Craig A 2006 Action Research Teachers as researchers in the

Classroom California Sage Publication

McCafferty Steven G Jacobs George M Dasilva Iddings Ana Cristina 2006

Cooperative Learning and Second Language Teaching Cambridge

Cambridge University Press

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 56: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Michael Cooper James Irizarry Jason G Leighton Mary S Morine-Dershimer

Greta G Sadker David 2010 Classroom Teaching Skills Whatrsquos New

in Education Series USA Cengage Learning

Romero Anggelita D Romero Rene C 2008 Developmental Reading A Skill

Text for Collage Students Philippines Rex Book Store

Schollaert Rudy 2000 Effective Staff Development An Evaluation Manual

Belgium The Authors and Garant Publisher

Setiyadi Ag Bambang 2006 Teaching English as a Foreign Language

Yogyakarta Graha Ilmu

University Undiksha 2012 Teaching English for junior and senior high school

student (genre based and intergrated skills) SingarajaUndiksha

WandbergRobert and Rohwer John 2011 Teaching Health Education in

Language Diverse Classroom Canada John and Bartlett Publiser

Westwood Peter 2008 What Teachers need to Know about Teaching Methods

Acer Acer Press

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 57: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

APPENDIX 1

LIST OF STUDENTS

CLASS XA SMA JAGADHITA AMLAPURA

ACADEMIC YEAR 20122013

NO NIS NAME MF

1 564 Agus Ariawan I Kadek Male

2 565 Agus Muliawan I Kadek Male

3 566 Agus Widiasa I Kadek Male

4 567 Agustini NI Kadek Female

5 568 Ariani Ni Wayan Female

6 569 Ayu Candra Yuni Ni Made Female

7 570 Budiana I Nengah Male

8 571 Deni I Ketut Female

9 572 Dewantara I Nengah Female

10 573 Dewi Ni Kade Male

11 574 Januantara I Kadek Male

12 575 Juli Mertaningsih Ni Luh Female

13 576 Juni Artini Ni Ketut Female

14 577 Mariani Ni Ketut Female

15 578 Mawantari Ni Wayan Female

16 579 Murniasih Ni Nengah Female

17 580 Rauh I Ketut Male

18 581 Sindi M Ni Wayan Female

19 582 Sonika Ni Komang Female

20 583 Sri Purnami Ni Made Female

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 58: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

21 584 Suarnita Dewi Ni Komang Female

22 585 Suciari Ni Komang Female

23 586 Sudiana I Wayan Male

24 587 Sudita I Wayan Male

25 588 Sukariawan Male

26 590 Vella Alpini Aprelia Ni Wayan Female

27 591 Yuliani Ni Nyoman Female

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 59: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 2

PRE TEST

Three Hairs of a Lionrsquos Mane

Once there was a woman who was greatly troubled by her husband He no

longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little whether she was

happy or sad

So the woman took her troubles to the local witchdoctor She told him her

story full of pity for her self and sad plight ―Can you give me a charm to make

him love again she asked anxiously

The witchdoctor whom local people called Ki Ahmadi thought for a

moment and replied ―I will help you but first you must bring me three hairs from

the mane of a living lion These I must have before I can make the charm for

you

The woman thanked the witchdoctor and went away When she came near

to her home she sat down on the rock and began to think ―How shall I do this

thing There is a lion that comes often near to my village it is true But he is

fierce and roars fearfully ―Come on think Arini she said to her self ―Then she

thought again and she knew what she would do

And so rising early next morning she took a young lamb and went to

place where the lion strolled about She waited anxiously At last she saw the lion

approaching Now was the time Quickly she rose and leaving the lamb in the

path of the lion she went home And so it was that every day early in the morning

the woman would arise and took a young lamb to the lion Soon the lion came to

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 60: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

know the woman for she was always in the same place at the same time every day

with a young and tender lamb which she brought for his pleasure She was indeed

a kind and attentive woman

It was no long when the lion began to wag his tail each time he saw her

and coming close to her he would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

And each day the woman would stay quietly stroking the lion gently and

lovingly Then one day when she knew that the lion trusted her she carefully

pulled three hairs his mane and happily set out for Ki Ahmadilsquos dwelling

―SeeArini said triumphantly as she enteredhere they are And she gave

him the three hairs from the lionlsquos mane

―How is it you have been so clever asked Ki Ahmadi in amazement

And so the woman told him the story of how she has patiently won the hairs from

the lion A smile spread over the face of the witchdoctor and leaning forward he

saidin the same way that you have tamed the lion so may you tame your

husband

Taken From Access To English Competence English For

Senior High School By Wahyu Purnomo SS

Answer the following question based on text above

1 What was the woman trouble

2 What did Arini ask from the witchdoctor

3 What kind of condition that must be fulfilled to get the charm

4 What did the woman do the next morning after receiving the condition

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 61: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

5 Did a woman take a lamb everyday in the path of lion

6 What did the lion react after the woman bringing a lamb for his food

7 When did the woman take three hairs from lionlsquos mane

8 After getting the lionlsquos mane what did the woman do

9 Did the witchdoctor give the woman charm

10 What was Ki Ahmadi suggestion for Arini at last

Karangasem 7 January 2013

Researcher

SAIMAN

NPM 078035131253504

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 62: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 3

Answer Key

Pre Test

1 Her husband no longer loved her He neglected her and seemed to care little

whether she was happy or sad

2 She asked a charm to make her husband love her again

3 She must bring three hairs from the mane of a living lion to the witchdoctor

4 She took a young lamb and went to place where the lion strolled about

5 Yes she did

6 The lion began to wag its tail each time he saw the woman and coming

closer to her He would let her stroke his head and soothe his back

7 The woman took three hairs from lion when the lion trusted her

8 She went to the witchdoctor and gave the three lions

9 No he didnlsquot

10 He said that Arini must do the same way when she tamed the lion so might

she tame her husband

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 63: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4(a)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 1 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting I

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer some questions

based on the text

B Learning material

Definition

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 64: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Narrative text is used to amuse or to entertain the readers by telling the story

There are many kinds of stories which belong to narrative

-fables

-fairy tales

-folktales

-historical stories

Generic structure

Orientation

Setting the scene and giving the necessary background information such as

who when where what and why ( the time place characters)

Complication

Problem that must be faced by the characters

Resolution

The solution to the complication

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

1 Pre activities [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

Giving the model of the steps in the think pair share technique

2 Whiles activities [30 minutes]

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 65: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Exploration

Gain information from the student weather they have known or not about

narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

3 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 66: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Karangasem 8 January 2013

Researcher

Saiman

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 67: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

STORY

THE THREE FISHES

Once three fishes lived in a pond One evening some fishermen passed by

the pond and saw the fishes This pond is full of fish they told each other

excitedly We have never fished here before We must come back tomorrow

morning with our nets and catch these fish So saying the fishermen left

When the eldest of the three fishes heard this he was troubled He called

the other fishes together and said Did you hear what the fishermen said We

must leave this pond at once The fishermen will return tomorrow and kill us all

The second of the three fishes agreed You are right he said We must leave

the pond But the youngest fish laughed You are worrying without reason he

said We have lived in this pond all our lives and no fisherman has ever come

here Why should these men return I am not going anywhere - my luck will keep

me safe

The eldest of the fishes left the pond that very evening with his entire

family The second fish saw the fishermen coming in the distance early next

morning and left the pond at once with all his family The third fish refused to

leave even then

The fishermen arrived and caught all the fish left in the pond The third

fishs luck did not help him - he too was caught and killed

The fish who saw trouble ahead and acted before it arrived as well as the

fish who acted as soon as it came both survived However the fish that relied only

on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 68: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Answer the following questions based on the text above

1 What is the title of the story above

2 What would the fishermen do tomorrow morning

3 What did the eldest fish do after hearing the fishermen conversation

4 What did the youngest fish says to the second fish

5 What did the youngest fish trust so that he didnlsquot want to leave the pond

6 Did the fishermen come to the pond

7 Who was the first fish leave the pond

8 Was the fishlsquos luck save the third fish

9 What happened with the youngest fish finally

10 What did moral value that you get after reading the story

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 69: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (a)

Answer Key

Post test 1

1 The three fishes

2 After looking a lot of fishes the fishermen would back again tomorrow

morning with their nets and catch those fishes

3 He called the other fishes together

4 The youngest fish didnlsquot want to leave and said that his luck would keep him

safe

5 His luck will safe him

6 Yes they did

7 The eldest fish with their entire family

8 No it wasnlsquot

9 He was caught and killed

10 The fish that saw the trouble and acted before it arrived is better than the fish

that relied only on luck and did nothing at all died So also in life we have to

do the best for everything that we do

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 70: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (b)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 2 CYCLE 1

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 2

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

A Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 71: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

B Learning material story

C Learning method

Think pair share technique

D Learning steps

4 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

5 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 72: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

E Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

F Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following questions depend on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 73: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after Gretel and Hansellsquo stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Karangasem 14 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 74: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

STORY

Hansel and Gretel

Once upon the time lived a woodcutter in the tiny cottage in the forest He

lived with his two childrens Hansel and Gretel He also had a second wife She

treated the children badly She always ask her husband to abandon the children in

the forest Hansel knew step motherlsquos plan

One day Hansel filled his pockets with white pebbles When the down

came the woodcutter ask his children to the forest When they went into the depth

of the trees Hansel dropped a little white pebbles on the mossy green ground The

woodcutter suddenly left them sadly As the night came Hansel and Gretel

returned home by seeing the white pebbles which gleamed in the moonlight

On the next day their step mother was angry when she knew that the

children could back home Because of this reason the stepmother looked them

without supper only a sip of water and some hard bread The woodcutter and his

wife quarreled at the night Then when the down came the woodcutter led the

children into the forest Hansel left a trail of crumbs behind him to mark the way

However the bird ate the crumbs

Hansel and Gretel were very afraid because they couldnlsquot go home

Suddenly they saw a cottage with icing chocolate Then they ate piece the

chocolate candy and biscuit from the cottage Suddenly a witch surprised them

Then the witch locked Hansel to the cage and asked the Gretel to do the

housework She would eat Hansel She gave meal to Hansel so that he became fat

However the witch was impatient She heated the oven The witch checked the

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 75: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

oven if it was hot enough or not When she bent down to inside the oven Gretel

pushed her and slammed the oven door shut Then she saved her brother

Then Hansel and Gretel stayed for several days to eat some more of the house

Suddenly they discovered a huge chocolate egg There was a basket of gold coins

They finally decided to find their way home Fortunately they saw their

father came out from the house with sad face He was very happy when he saw his

children They hugged The woodcutter promised to not leave them anymore His

wife was dead Therefore they wouldnlsquot be separated With the casket of coins

finally they lived happy together forever

Taken from Kreatif Bahasa Inggris SMAMA

Please answer the following questions based on the text

1 Where did the woodcutter live

2 Was the stepmother love Gratel and Hensel

3 At first what did Hansel do to know a way home

4 What is the characteristic of the stepmother

5 The pronoun itlsquo paragraph 4 lines 6 refers to

6 Who is the owner of chocolate cottage

7 How did Gretel defeat the witch

8 Did Hansel and Gretel find their home

9 What was their father promised after their stepmother died

10 What did they get after the witch was dead

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 76: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (b)

Answer Key

Post Test 2

1 In a tiny cottage in the forest

2 No she wasnlsquot

3 Hansel dropped a little pebble on the mossy green ground

4 Cruel and selfish

5 The oven

6 The witch

7 She pushed the witch into the oven

8 Yes they did

9 He promised to not leave them anymore

10 A huge of chocolate

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 77: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (c )

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 3 CYCLE 2

_________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 3

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 78: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

G Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question

based on the text too

H Learning material

Story

I Learning method

Think pair share technique

J Learning steps

6 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

7 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 79: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

8 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

K Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

L Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay test items

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 80: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the Castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong to the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Karangasem 17 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 81: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

STORY

Snow White

Once upon the time there lived a little girl named Snow White She lived

with her aunt and uncle because her parents were dead One day she heard uncle

and aunt talking about leaving Snow White in the Castile because they both

wanted to go to America and they didnlsquot have enough money to take Snow White

Snow White didnlsquot want her uncle and aunt to do this so she decided it would be

best if she run away

The next morning she runs away from home when her aunt and uncle were

having breakfast She runs away into the woods She was very tired and hungry

then she saw a little cottage She knocked but no one answered so she went inside

and fell asleep Meanwhile the seven dwarfs were coming home from work They

went inside There they found Snow White sleeping Then Snow white woke up

She saw the dwarfs The dwarfs said ―what is your name Snow White said

―My name is Snow White

The dwarfs said ―If you wish you may live here with us Snow White

saidOh could I Thank you Then Snow White told the dwarfs the whole

story Snow White and the seven dwarfs lived happily ever after

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text

1 With whom did Snow White stay

2 Why Snow Whitelsquos uncle and aunt want to leave her in the castile

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 82: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

3 What did Snow White do to escape from her aunt and uncle

4 Where did her aunt and uncle go

5 What were Snow Whitelsquos aunt and uncle doing when she left from the

house

6 Why did Snow White enter the cottage and fell asleep

7 Who is belong the little cottage

8 How many dwarfs were living in the little cottage

9 Were the dwarfs angry after finding Snow White sleep in their house

10 Do you think the seven dwarfs are a kind person Explain your answer

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 83: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 ( c)

Answer Key

Post Test 3

1 She stayed with her aunt and uncle

2 They wanted to leave snow white in the Castile because they didnlsquot have

enough money to take her

3 She runs away from home

4 They want to go to America

5 Her aunt and uncle were having breakfast

6 She entered the cottage and fell a sleep because she was very tired and

hungry

7 The dwarfs

8 They are 7 dwarfs

9 No they werenlsquot

10 Yes they are because they accepted snow white and asked her to live with

them

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 84: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (d)

LESSON PLAN

SESSION 4 CYCLE 2

__________________________________________________________________

School SMA Jagadhita Amlapura

Subject English

Skill Reading

Gradesemester XI

Meeting 4

Time allocation 2 times 45 minutes

Standard competency

Understanding meaning of written essay in form of narrative text in daily

life context for sake of accessing knowledge

Basic competence

To respond the meaning and rhetorical steps essays using written language

varieties accurately fluently acceptable in daily life context for sake of accessing

knowledge in form of narrative text

Indicator

Reading

The students are able to answer the question based on the text they

understand the generic structure of narrative text

Character building

Respect responsibility and diligence

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 85: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

M Learning objective

The end of the lesson we expect that the students are able to understand

the text (story) furthermore the student are able to answer the question based on

the text too

N Learning material

Story

O Learning method

Think pair share technique

P Learning steps

9 Pre activity [5 minutes]

Greeting

Checking the present list

Giving motivation to the student and a general view of the material

10 Whiles activity[30 minutes]

Exploration

Inviting the student to remember the definition of narrative text

Elaboration

Giving explanation about narrative text in briefly

Confirmation

Giving the students opportunity to read the story the teacher will

appoint them randomly read only one paragraph While a student was

reading the text the other students have to find the difficult words that

appear on the text individually

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 86: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Asking the students to pair up with their partner

Giving the instruction to the students to find the difficult words and

sharing opinion with their friends or partner about the meaning

Asking the students to share their idea about the meaning of the text and

translate it into Indonesia language Every group shares to the whole

students they share only one paragraph beside that if they have

difficult word and they canlsquot translate it they can share to the other

group While a group presenting their idea the other students have to

listen to their friend for checking their own

11 Post activity [55 minutes]

Summarizing about what the students have learnt today

Giving the students post test and asking them to answer it individually

Ending the class by saying ―thatlsquos all enough for today Thank you for

your attention and good bye

Q Teaching Media

Handout of reading texts

Board marker white board and eraser

R Assessment

Technique written text

Form essay

Instrument Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 87: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Karangasem 21 January 2013

Researcher

SARIMAN

NPM 078035131252280

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 88: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

STORY

Joko Seger and Roro Anteng

A legend of mount Bromo

Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng Later this young princess married Joko Seger who came from a Brahma

caste Because of an unfortunate situation the couple was forced to leave the

kingdom They settled down in the mountain area They ruled the area and named

it ―Tengger which was derived from the couplelsquos names Roro Anteng and Joko

Seger

After several years the region flourished in prosperity but Roro Anteng

and Joko Seger were un happy because they didnlsquot have a child Frustrated they

climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that the gods

would listen The prayer was heard and Betoro Bromo promised them many

children However the couple had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

Roro Anteng gave birth to a child then another and another In the end

Roro Anteng and Joko Seger got 25 children Soon it was time for them to

sacrifice the youngest child Kesuma but the parents couldnlsquot do it They tried to

hide the child but an eruption happened and Kesuma fell into the crater There

was silence before they heard a voice ―I have to be sacrificed so that you will all

stay alive From now on you should arrange an annual offspring ceremony on the

14th

of kesodo ( the twelfth month of Tengerese Calender ) it was Kesumalsquos

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 89: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

voice Kesumalsquos brothers and sisters held the offering ceremony every year

Instead of a human being these people collected fruit vegetables rice and meat to

be offered to the gods And this has been done generation after generation until

today

Taken from access to English competence

Please answer the following question based on the text above

1 Who was Roro Antenglsquos father

2 Where did the story happen

3 What did the couple do to have a child

4 How many children were Roro Anteng and Joko Seger had

5 Who were the main characters of the story

6 What was the condition that must be fulfilled by the couple

7 What did happen to Kesuma when the mountain was erupting

8 Please find the orientation of the text

9 After Kesuma dead what his brother and sister should be done in mount

Bromo

10 What is the kind of tense is used in the passage

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 90: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique

Appendix 4 (d)

Answer Key

Post Test 4

1 Brawijaya

2 Majapahit mount Bromo and Tengger

12 They climbed the top of the mountain and prayed night and day hoping that

the God would listen

13 They had 25 children

14 Joko Seger and Roro Anteng and kesuma

15 Roro anteng and Joko Seger had to promise that they would sacrifice their

youngest child in return

16 Kesuma fell into crater

17 Hundred of years ago during the reign of the last king of Majapahit

Brawijaya one of the kinglsquos wives gave birth to a girl who was named Roro

Anteng

18 They organized the offering ceremony every year

19 Narrative text

Page 91: IMPROVING THE READING COMPREHENSION OF THE · PDF fileimproving the reading comprehension of the eighth grade students of smp muhammadiyah karangasem through questioning technique